1
0
mirror of https://github.com/pgbackrest/pgbackrest.git synced 2024-12-14 10:13:05 +02:00
pgbackrest/doc/resource/exe.cache

6518 lines
243 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

{
"co6" : {
"all" : {
"user-guide" : [
{
"key" : {
"image" : "pgbackrest/test:co6-db-9.4-doc-pre",
"mount" : "/backrest:/backrest",
"name" : "db-master",
"os" : "co6",
"user" : "vagrant"
},
"type" : "host",
"value" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"ip" : "172.17.0.2"
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"sudo yum install perl perl-Time-HiRes perl-parent perl-JSON \\",
" perl-Digest-SHA perl-DBD-Pg"
],
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"cmd-extra" : "-y",
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"sudo rm -f /usr/bin/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -f /usr/bin/pg_backrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -rf /usr/lib/perl5/BackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -rf /usr/share/perl5/BackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -rf /usr/lib/perl5/pgBackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -rf /usr/share/perl5/pgBackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo cp -r ~/pgbackrest-release-1.17/lib/pgBackRest \\",
" /usr/share/perl5"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo find /usr/share/perl5/pgBackRest -type f -exec chmod 644 {} +"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo find /usr/share/perl5/pgBackRest -type d -exec chmod 755 {} +"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo cp ~/pgbackrest-release-1.17/bin/pgbackrest /usr/bin/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo mkdir -m 770 /var/log/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chown postgres:postgres /var/log/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"pgBackRest 1.17 - General help",
"",
"Usage:",
" pgbackrest [options] [command]",
"",
"Commands:",
" archive-get Get a WAL segment from the archive.",
" archive-push Push a WAL segment to the archive.",
" backup Backup a database cluster.",
" check Check the configuration.",
" expire Expire backups that exceed retention.",
" help Get help.",
" info Retrieve information about backups.",
" restore Restore a database cluster.",
" stanza-create Create the required stanza data.",
" start Allow pgBackRest processes to run.",
" stop Stop pgBackRest processes from running.",
" version Get version.",
"",
"Use 'pgbackrest help [command]' for more information."
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 initdb"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"Initializing database: [ OK ]\r"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"listen_addresses" : {
"value" : "'*'"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"listen_addresses = '*'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"log_line_prefix" : {
"value" : "''"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"listen_addresses = '*'",
"log_line_prefix = ''"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"log_filename" : {
"value" : "'postgresql.log'"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"listen_addresses = '*'",
"log_filename = 'postgresql.log'",
"log_line_prefix = ''"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data"
}
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
},
"global" : {
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
},
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo mkdir /var/lib/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 750 /var/lib/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chown postgres:postgres /var/lib/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"archive_command" : {
"value" : "'pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-push %p'"
},
"archive_mode" : {
"value" : "on"
},
"max_wal_senders" : {
"value" : "3"
},
"wal_level" : {
"value" : "hot_standby"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"archive_command = 'pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-push %p'",
"archive_mode = on",
"listen_addresses = '*'",
"log_filename = 'postgresql.log'",
"log_line_prefix = ''",
"max_wal_senders = 3",
"wal_level = hot_standby"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 restart"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-full" : {
"value" : "2"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-full=2"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info stanza-create"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"completed successfully"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: stanza-create command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: stanza-create command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info check"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
" successfully stored in the archive at "
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: check command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: WAL segment 000000010000000000000001 successfully stored in the archive at '/var/lib/pgbackrest/archive/demo/9.4-1/0000000100000000/000000010000000000000001-06ce33dbbc6a3eb01f2f14d9259b513131898fcb.gz'",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: check command end: completed successfully"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"no prior backup exists|full backup size"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 WARN: no prior backup exists, incr backup has been changed to full",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:53:44\": backup begins after the next regular checkpoint completes",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000010000000000000002, lsn = 0/2000028",
" [filtered 761 lines of output]",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/1/11896 (0B, 100%)",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/1/11886 (0B, 100%)",
"P00 INFO: full backup size = 19.3MB",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup stop archive = 000000010000000000000002, lsn = 0/20000F0",
" [filtered 4 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195349F"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"diff backup size"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 4 lines of output]",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/global/pg_control (8KB, 97%) checksum 63b1b88cd47276b4df7a63e49ac3fd34bea4fc6f",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/backup_label (236B, 100%) checksum 15ece8c95a822dbca057cdaaa2386fa03ad166dc",
"P00 INFO: diff backup size = 8.2KB",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup stop archive = 000000010000000000000003, lsn = 0/30000F0",
" [filtered 4 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest info"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"(full|incr|diff) backup"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"stanza: demo",
" status: ok",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" wal archive min/max: 000000010000000000000002 / 000000010000000000000003",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195349F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:53:44 / 2017-03-13 19:53:49",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" wal start/stop: 000000010000000000000002 / 000000010000000000000002",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 19.3MB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 2.2MB",
"",
" diff backup: 20170313-195349F_20170313-195353D",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:53:50 / 2017-03-13 19:53:53",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" wal start/stop: 000000010000000000000003 / 000000010000000000000003",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 8.2KB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 345B",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195349F"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres rm /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/global/pg_control"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -f /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/pgstartup.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/pgstartup.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"could not find the database system"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"postmaster: could not find the database system",
"Expected to find it in the directory \"/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data\",",
"but could not open file \"/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/global/pg_control\": No such file or directory"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres find /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data -mindepth 1 -delete"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"backup begins after the next regular checkpoint completes"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195349F_20170313-195353D, version = 1.17",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:54:05\": backup begins after the next regular checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000006, lsn = 0/6000028",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/12140/pg_internal.init (115.2KB, 71%) checksum 1a8e93561216a645ae69fb84ba64c2848ec6a0be",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 14 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"start-fast" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --start-fast --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195349F_20170313-195408I, version = 1.17",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:54:09\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000007, lsn = 0/7000028",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/global/pg_control (8KB, 97%) checksum 992fe03b52c110d7e407e5f3f7204941d1fc07f7",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 8 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 550 /var/lib/pgbackrest/temp"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"err-expect" : "122",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"ERROR:"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" [filtered 2 lines of output]",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:54:12\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000008, lsn = 0/8000028",
"P00 ERROR: [122]: unable to create /var/lib/pgbackrest/temp/demo.tmp: Permission denied",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: aborted with exception [122]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 750 /var/lib/pgbackrest/temp"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"err-expect" : "132",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"ERROR:"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --start-fast --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195349F_20170313-195412I, version = 1.17",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:54:15\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 ERROR: [132]: ERROR: a backup is already in progress",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" HINT: Run pg_stop_backup() and try again.:",
" select to_char(current_timestamp, 'YYYY-MM-DD HH24:MI:SS.US TZ'), pg_xlogfile_name(lsn), lsn::text from pg_start_backup('pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:54:15', true) as lsn"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"stop-auto" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"cluster is already in backup mode|backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --start-fast --stop-auto --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195349F_20170313-195412I, version = 1.17",
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"P00 WARN: the cluster is already in backup mode but no pgBackRest backup process is running. pg_stop_backup() will be called so a new backup can be started.",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:54:17\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000009, lsn = 0/9000028",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/global/pg_control (8KB, 83%) checksum 02ae4fb134630b9e070ec43584ac6e4230480a8f",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 9 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-full" : {
"value" : "2"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full \\",
" --log-level-console=detail backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"archive retention on backup 20170313-195349F|remove archive"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 770 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195349F, start = 000000010000000000000002",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 DETAIL: no archive to remove",
"P00 INFO: expire command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195429F"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"expire full backup set\\: 20170313-195349F|archive retention on backup 20170313-195429F|remove archive"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 770 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: expire full backup set: 20170313-195349F, 20170313-195349F_20170313-195353D, 20170313-195349F_20170313-195408I, 20170313-195349F_20170313-195412I, 20170313-195349F_20170313-195422I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195349F_20170313-195422I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195349F_20170313-195412I",
" [filtered 3 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-diff" : {
"value" : "1"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-diff=1",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195435F_20170313-195440D"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"expire diff backup set: 20170313-195435F_20170313-195440D"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 10 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-diff=1 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: expire diff backup set: 20170313-195435F_20170313-195440D, 20170313-195435F_20170313-195444I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195435F_20170313-195444I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195435F_20170313-195440D"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-diff" : {
"value" : "2"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-diff=2",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195435F_20170313-195448D"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('generate WAL'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('generate WAL'); select pg_switch_xlog();\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"new backup label"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 8 lines of output]",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
"P00 INFO: backup stop archive = 000000020000000000000012, lsn = 0/120000F0",
"P00 INFO: new backup label = 20170313-195435F_20170313-195453D",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-diff=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195435F_20170313-195453D"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=detail \\",
" --retention-archive-type=diff --retention-archive=1 expire"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"archive retention on backup 20170313-195435F_20170313-195448D|remove archive"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=1 --retention-archive-type=diff --retention-diff=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195429F, start = 00000002000000000000000A, stop = 00000002000000000000000A",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195435F, start = 00000002000000000000000B, stop = 00000002000000000000000B",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195435F_20170313-195448D, start = 00000002000000000000000E, stop = 00000002000000000000000E",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195435F_20170313-195453D, start = 000000020000000000000012",
"P00 DETAIL: remove archive: start = 00000002000000000000000C, stop = 00000002000000000000000D",
"P00 DETAIL: remove archive: start = 00000002000000000000000F, stop = 000000020000000000000011",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: expire command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --log-level-console=detail restore"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"demo\\/PG_VERSION - exists and matches backup|check\\/clean db path|restore global\\/pg_control"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 785 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P01 DETAIL: restore file /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/1/11886 - exists and is zero size (0B, 100%)",
"P00 INFO: write /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/recovery.conf",
"P00 INFO: restore global/pg_control (copied last to ensure aborted restores cannot be started)",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: restore command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create database test1;\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"CREATE DATABASE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create database test2;\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"CREATE DATABASE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create table test1_table (id int); \\",
" insert into test1_table (id) values (1);\" test1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"INSERT 0 1"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create table test2_table (id int); \\",
" insert into test2_table (id) values (2);\" test2"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"INSERT 0 1"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres du -sh /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/16384"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"6.4M\t/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/16384"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --db-include=test2 restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from test2_table;\" test2"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" id ",
"----",
" 2",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from test1_table;\" test1"
],
"err-expect" : "2",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"relation mapping file.*contains invalid data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"psql: FATAL: relation mapping file \"base/16384/pg_filenode.map\" contains invalid data"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres du -sh /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/16384"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"152K\t/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/16384"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"drop database test1;\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"DROP DATABASE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select oid, datname from pg_database order by oid;\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"test2"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" oid | datname ",
"-------+-----------",
" 1 | template1",
" 12135 | template0",
" 12140 | postgres",
" 16385 | test2",
"(4 rows)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"begin; \\",
" create table important_table (message text); \\",
" insert into important_table values ('Important Data'); \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from important_table;\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -Atc \"select current_timestamp\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"begin; \\",
" drop table important_table; \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from important_table;\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"important_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: ...le important_table; commit; select * from important_...",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --type=time \"--target=2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00\" restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/recovery.conf"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"recovery_target_time"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"restore_command = '/usr/bin/pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-get %f \"%p\"'",
"recovery_target_time = '2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from important_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"recovery stopping before|last completed transaction|starting point-in-time recovery"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 19:55:16 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: starting point-in-time recovery to 2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000004.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000017\" from archive",
"LOG: redo starts at 0/17000028",
"LOG: consistent recovery state reached at 0/170000F0",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000018\" from archive",
"LOG: recovery stopping before commit of transaction 686, time 2017-03-13 19:55:19.749585+00",
"LOG: redo done at 0/180157F0",
"LOG: last completed transaction was at log time 2017-03-13 19:55:19.551968+00",
"LOG: selected new timeline ID: 5",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000004.history\" from archive",
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
" [filtered 3 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"begin; \\",
" drop table important_table; \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from important_table;\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"important_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: ...le important_table; commit; select * from important_...",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195435F_20170313-195519D"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --type=time \"--target=2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00\" restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from important_table\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"important_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: select * from important_table",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"starting point-in-time recovery|consistent recovery state reached"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 19:55:28 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: starting point-in-time recovery to 2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000005.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000050000000000000019\" from archive",
"LOG: redo starts at 0/19000028",
"LOG: consistent recovery state reached at 0/190000F0",
"LOG: redo done at 0/190000F0",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000050000000000000019\" from archive",
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
" [filtered 7 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest info"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"20170313-195435F_20170313-195519D"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"stanza: demo",
" status: ok",
" wal archive min/max: 00000002000000000000000A / 000000050000000000000019",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195429F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:54:23 / 2017-03-13 19:54:29",
" wal start/stop: 00000002000000000000000A / 00000002000000000000000A",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 19.3MB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 2.2MB",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195435F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:54:30 / 2017-03-13 19:54:35",
" wal start/stop: 00000002000000000000000B / 00000002000000000000000B",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 19.3MB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 2.2MB",
"",
" diff backup: 20170313-195435F_20170313-195453D",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:54:50 / 2017-03-13 19:54:53",
" wal start/stop: 000000020000000000000012 / 000000020000000000000012",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 10.1KB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 1KB",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195435F",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"",
" incr backup: 20170313-195435F_20170313-195507I",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:55:01 / 2017-03-13 19:55:07",
" wal start/stop: 000000030000000000000014 / 000000030000000000000014",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
" database size: 31.9MB, backup size: 12.7MB",
" repository size: 3.7MB, repository backup size: 1.5MB",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195435F",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"",
" diff backup: 20170313-195435F_20170313-195519D",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:55:15 / 2017-03-13 19:55:19",
" wal start/stop: 000000040000000000000017 / 000000040000000000000017",
" database size: 25.7MB, backup size: 6.5MB",
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 790KB",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195435F",
"",
" incr backup: 20170313-195435F_20170313-195530I",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:55:27 / 2017-03-13 19:55:30",
" wal start/stop: 000000050000000000000019 / 000000050000000000000019",
" database size: 25.6MB, backup size: 1.9MB",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 214.7KB",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195435F, 20170313-195435F_20170313-195519D"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --type=time \"--target=2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00\" \\",
" --set=20170313-195435F_20170313-195519D restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from important_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"recovery stopping before|last completed transaction|starting point-in-time recovery"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 19:55:16 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: starting point-in-time recovery to 2017-03-13 19:55:19.64458+00",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000004.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000017\" from archive",
"LOG: redo starts at 0/17000028",
"LOG: consistent recovery state reached at 0/170000F0",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000018\" from archive",
"LOG: recovery stopping before commit of transaction 686, time 2017-03-13 19:55:19.749585+00",
"LOG: redo done at 0/180157F0",
"LOG: last completed transaction was at log time 2017-03-13 19:55:19.551968+00",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000005.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000006.history\" from archive",
" [filtered 5 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"image" : "pgbackrest/test:co6-backup-doc-pre",
"mount" : "/backrest:/backrest",
"name" : "backup",
"os" : "co6",
"user" : "vagrant"
},
"type" : "host",
"value" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"ip" : "172.17.0.3"
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-host" : {
"value" : "db-master"
},
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data"
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
},
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-user" : {
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"value" : "postgres"
}
},
"global" : {
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full" : {
"value" : "2"
},
"start-fast" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-host=db-master",
"db1-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"db1-user=postgres",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data"
}
},
"global" : {
"backup-host" : {
"value" : "backup"
},
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"backup-user" : {
"value" : "backrest"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-level-file" : {
"value" : "detail"
},
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
},
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
},
"reset" : true
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-host=backup",
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"backup-user=backrest",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-level-file=detail",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo find /var/lib/pgbackrest -delete"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo stanza-create"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo check"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo check"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"type" : "exe"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 WARN: no prior backup exists, incr backup has been changed to full"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo mkdir -m 750 /var/spool/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chown postgres:postgres /var/spool/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"archive-async" : {
"value" : "y"
},
"spool-path" : {
"value" : "/var/spool/pgbackrest"
}
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
},
"global:archive-push" : {
"process-max" : {
"value" : "2"
}
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"",
"[global]",
"archive-async=y",
"backup-host=backup",
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"backup-user=backrest",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-level-file=detail",
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest",
"",
"[global:archive-push]",
"process-max=2"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
]
}
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres rm -f /var/log/pgbackrest/demo-archive-async.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog();\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info check"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"WAL segment"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: check command begin 1.17: --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: WAL segment 000000080000000000000022 successfully stored in the archive at '/var/lib/pgbackrest/archive/demo/9.4-1/0000000800000000/000000080000000000000022-38f93180ab4f84b23010e97d329091d02142a365.gz'",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: check command end: completed successfully"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
]
}
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/log/pgbackrest/demo-archive-async.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
" WAL file\\(s\\) to archive|pushed WAL file 0000000"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"-------------------PROCESS START-------------------",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command begin 1.17: --archive-async --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --process-max=2 --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: push 3 WAL file(s) to archive: 00000008000000000000001D...00000008000000000000001F",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 00000008000000000000001D to archive",
"P02 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 00000008000000000000001E to archive",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 00000008000000000000001F to archive",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command end: completed successfully",
"",
"-------------------PROCESS START-------------------",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command begin 1.17: --archive-async --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --process-max=2 --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: push 2 WAL file(s) to archive: 000000080000000000000020...000000080000000000000021",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 000000080000000000000020 to archive",
"P02 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 000000080000000000000021 to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: archive-push command end: completed successfully",
"",
"-------------------PROCESS START-------------------",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command begin 1.17: --archive-async --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --process-max=2 --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: push 1 WAL file(s) to archive: 000000080000000000000022",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 000000080000000000000022 to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: archive-push command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo lscpu"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"^CPU\\(s\\)\\:"
]
},
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"Architecture: x86_64",
"CPU op-mode(s): 32-bit, 64-bit",
"Byte Order: Little Endian",
"CPU(s): 8",
"On-line CPU(s) list: 0-7",
"Thread(s) per core: 1",
" [filtered 16 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"process-max" : {
"value" : "3"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db1-host=db-master",
"db1-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"db1-user=postgres",
"",
"[global]",
"process-max=3",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest info"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"timestamp start/stop"
]
},
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"stanza: demo",
" status: ok",
" wal archive min/max: 000000080000000000000024 / 000000080000000000000025",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195623F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:56:15 / 2017-03-13 19:56:23",
" wal start/stop: 000000080000000000000024 / 000000080000000000000024",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" database size: 25.6MB, backup size: 25.6MB",
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 3MB",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195631F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:56:24 / 2017-03-13 19:56:31",
" wal start/stop: 000000080000000000000025 / 000000080000000000000025",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" database size: 25.6MB, backup size: 25.6MB",
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 3MB"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"err-expect" : "137",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"remote process terminated on [^ ]+ host: stop file exists for all stanzas"
]
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 ERROR: [137]: remote process terminated on db-master host: stop file exists for all stanzas"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 WARN: stop file already exists for all stanzas"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"err-expect" : "137",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"remote process terminated on [^ ]+ host: stop file exists for stanza demo"
]
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 ERROR: [137]: remote process terminated on db-master host: stop file exists for stanza demo"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"image" : "pgbackrest/test:co6-db-9.4-doc-pre",
"mount" : "/backrest:/backrest",
"name" : "db-standby",
"os" : "co6",
"user" : "vagrant"
},
"type" : "host",
"value" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"ip" : "172.17.0.4"
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data"
},
"recovery-option" : {
"value" : "standby_mode=on"
}
},
"global" : {
"backup-host" : {
"value" : "backup"
},
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
},
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"recovery-option=standby_mode=on",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-host=backup",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta restore"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/recovery.conf"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"standby_mode = 'on'",
"restore_command = '/usr/bin/pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-get %f \"%p\"'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"hot_standby" : {
"value" : "on"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"hot_standby = on"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"entering standby mode|database system is ready to accept read only connections"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 19:56:25 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: entering standby mode",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000008.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000080000000000000025\" from archive",
"LOG: redo starts at 0/25000028",
"LOG: consistent recovery state reached at 0/250000F0",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"LOG: database system is ready to accept read only connections"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" begin; \\",
" create table replicated_table (message text); \\",
" insert into replicated_table values ('Important Data'); \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from replicated_table\";"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from replicated_table;\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"replicated_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: select * from replicated_table;",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select *, current_timestamp from pg_switch_xlog()\";"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" pg_switch_xlog | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" 0/26017990 | 2017-03-13 19:56:55.556638+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select *, current_timestamp from replicated_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" Important Data | 2017-03-13 19:56:58.841534+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info check"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"all other checks passed"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: check command begin 1.17: --backup-host=backup --db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: switch xlog cannot be performed on the standby, all other checks passed successfully",
"P00 INFO: check command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" create user replicator password 'jw8s0F4' replication\";"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"CREATE ROLE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sh -c 'echo \\",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
" \"host replication replicator 172.17.0.4/32 md5\" \\",
" >> /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_hba.conf'"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 reload"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"recovery-option" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"value" : "primary_conninfo=host=172.17.0.2 port=5432 user=replicator"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"recovery-option=standby_mode=on",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"recovery-option=primary_conninfo=host=172.17.0.2 port=5432 user=replicator",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-host=backup",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sh -c 'echo \\",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
" \"172.17.0.2:*:replication:replicator:jw8s0F4\" \\",
" >> /home/postgres/.pgpass'"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres chmod 600 /home/postgres/.pgpass"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 stop"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta restore"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/recovery.conf"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"primary_conninfo = 'host=172.17.0.2 port=5432 user=replicator'",
"standby_mode = 'on'",
"restore_command = '/usr/bin/pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-get %f \"%p\"'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"hot_standby" : {
"value" : "on"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"hot_standby = on"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo service postgresql-9.4 start"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"started streaming WAL from primary"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 7 lines of output]",
"LOG: database system is ready to accept read only connections",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000080000000000000026\" from archive",
"LOG: started streaming WAL from primary at 0/27000000 on timeline 8"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" begin; \\",
" create table stream_table (message text); \\",
" insert into stream_table values ('Important Data'); \\",
" commit; \\",
" select *, current_timestamp from stream_table\";"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" Important Data | 2017-03-13 19:57:08.986517+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select *, current_timestamp from stream_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" Important Data | 2017-03-13 19:57:09.174375+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db2-host" : {
"value" : "db-standby"
},
"db2-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data"
},
"db2-user" : {
"value" : "postgres"
}
},
"global" : {
"backup-standby" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db1-host=db-master",
"db1-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"db1-user=postgres",
"db2-host=db-standby",
"db2-path=/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data",
"db2-user=postgres",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-standby=y",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"process-max=3",
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=detail backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"backup file db-master|replay on the standby"
]
},
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" [filtered 2 lines of output]",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:57:09\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000080000000000000028, lsn = 0/280000C8",
"P00 INFO: wait for replay on the standby to reach 0/280000C8",
"P00 INFO: replay on the standby reached 0/28000168",
"P01 INFO: backup file db-master:/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/global/pg_control (8KB, 0%) checksum 96f2eedbbcc363f5916f85580cacc1bc7c23f815",
"P01 INFO: backup file db-master:/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_log/postgresql.log (4.7KB, 0%) checksum 53ea086f3ed9111b3afb55c00f61079db9146d22",
"P02 INFO: backup file db-standby:/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/12140/12008 (392KB, 20%) checksum ac537e25c3dbfdff3faf89a6cb90e21ee3f8fcba",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P01 INFO: backup file db-master:/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/pg_hba.conf (4.1KB, 21%) checksum 58731e81ad21675e504278f39333f56620a52837",
"P01 INFO: backup file db-master:/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/backup_label (238B, 21%) checksum 0535fc8290a924f2cc5854d943441681364c1b00",
"P02 INFO: backup file db-standby:/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/12140/12011 (232KB, 32%) checksum 8d71d295af9598dbb28d3f64892cb8329dbd69ac",
"P02 INFO: backup file db-standby:/var/lib/pgsql/9.4/data/base/12140/11892 (128KB, 39%) checksum 8956fd042bfe81a7e9c7d7d9b678b1728dc689ac",
" [filtered 34 lines of output]"
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
]
}
}
]
}
},
"default" : {
"all" : {
"user-guide" : [
{
"key" : {
"image" : "pgbackrest/test:u14-db-9.4-doc-pre",
"mount" : "/backrest:/backrest",
"name" : "db-master",
"os" : "u14",
"user" : "vagrant"
},
"type" : "host",
"value" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"ip" : "172.17.0.2"
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"sudo apt-get install libdbd-pg-perl"
],
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"cmd-extra" : "-y",
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"sudo rm -f /usr/bin/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"sudo rm -f /usr/bin/pg_backrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"sudo rm -rf /usr/lib/perl5/BackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"sudo rm -rf /usr/share/perl5/BackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -rf /usr/lib/perl5/pgBackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm -rf /usr/share/perl5/pgBackRest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo cp -r ~/pgbackrest-release-1.17/lib/pgBackRest \\",
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
" /usr/share/perl5"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo find /usr/share/perl5/pgBackRest -type f -exec chmod 644 {} +"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo find /usr/share/perl5/pgBackRest -type d -exec chmod 755 {} +"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo cp ~/pgbackrest-release-1.17/bin/pgbackrest /usr/bin/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo mkdir -m 770 /var/log/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chown postgres:postgres /var/log/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"pgBackRest 1.17 - General help",
"",
"Usage:",
" pgbackrest [options] [command]",
"",
"Commands:",
" archive-get Get a WAL segment from the archive.",
" archive-push Push a WAL segment to the archive.",
" backup Backup a database cluster.",
" check Check the configuration.",
" expire Expire backups that exceed retention.",
" help Get help.",
" info Retrieve information about backups.",
" restore Restore a database cluster.",
" stanza-create Create the required stanza data.",
" start Allow pgBackRest processes to run.",
" stop Stop pgBackRest processes from running.",
" version Get version.",
"",
"Use 'pgbackrest help [command]' for more information."
]
}
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres /usr/lib/postgresql/9.4/bin/initdb \\",
" -D /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo -k -A peer"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_createcluster 9.4 demo"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"Configuring already existing cluster (configuration: /etc/postgresql/9.4/demo, data: /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo, owner: 5000:5000)",
" socket /var/run/postgresql",
" port 5432"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/postgresql/9.4/demo/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"listen_addresses" : {
"value" : "'*'"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"listen_addresses = '*'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/postgresql/9.4/demo/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"log_line_prefix" : {
"value" : "''"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"listen_addresses = '*'",
"log_line_prefix = ''"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo"
}
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
},
"global" : {
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
},
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo mkdir /var/lib/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 750 /var/lib/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chown postgres:postgres /var/lib/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/postgresql/9.4/demo/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"archive_command" : {
"value" : "'pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-push %p'"
},
"archive_mode" : {
"value" : "on"
},
"max_wal_senders" : {
"value" : "3"
},
"wal_level" : {
"value" : "hot_standby"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"archive_command = 'pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-push %p'",
"archive_mode = on",
"listen_addresses = '*'",
"log_line_prefix = ''",
"max_wal_senders = 3",
"wal_level = hot_standby"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo restart"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-full" : {
"value" : "2"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-full=2"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info stanza-create"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"completed successfully"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: stanza-create command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: stanza-create command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info check"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
" successfully stored in the archive at "
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: check command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: WAL segment 000000010000000000000001 successfully stored in the archive at '/var/lib/pgbackrest/archive/demo/9.4-1/0000000100000000/000000010000000000000001-ff52140137cc1a64811a6332804a5baa2b5e9b1c.gz'",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: check command end: completed successfully"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"no prior backup exists|full backup size"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 WARN: no prior backup exists, incr backup has been changed to full",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:57:41\": backup begins after the next regular checkpoint completes",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000010000000000000002, lsn = 0/2000028",
" [filtered 757 lines of output]",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/1/11895 (0B, 100%)",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/1/11885 (0B, 100%)",
"P00 INFO: full backup size = 19.3MB",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup stop archive = 000000010000000000000002, lsn = 0/20000F0",
" [filtered 4 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195746F"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"diff backup size"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 4 lines of output]",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/pg_control (8KB, 97%) checksum 6a729100bfa13afa8f38aac5030bae2252055d38",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/backup_label (236B, 100%) checksum 327cae3c328b900682dc1e346bba3ec20c388043",
"P00 INFO: diff backup size = 8.2KB",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup stop archive = 000000010000000000000003, lsn = 0/30000F0",
" [filtered 4 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest info"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"(full|incr|diff) backup"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"stanza: demo",
" status: ok",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" wal archive min/max: 000000010000000000000002 / 000000010000000000000003",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195746F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:57:41 / 2017-03-13 19:57:46",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" wal start/stop: 000000010000000000000002 / 000000010000000000000002",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 19.3MB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 2.2MB",
"",
" diff backup: 20170313-195746F_20170313-195750D",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:57:46 / 2017-03-13 19:57:50",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" wal start/stop: 000000010000000000000003 / 000000010000000000000003",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 8.2KB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 344B",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195746F"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres rm /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/pg_control"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"could not find the database system"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"The PostgreSQL server failed to start. Please check the log output:",
"postgres: could not find the database system",
"Expected to find it in the directory \"/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo\",",
"but could not open file \"/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/pg_control\": No such file or directory"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres find /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo -mindepth 1 -delete"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"backup begins after the next regular checkpoint completes"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195746F_20170313-195750D, version = 1.17",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:58:00\": backup begins after the next regular checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000006, lsn = 0/6000028",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/12139/pg_internal.init (115.2KB, 72%) checksum fb4e94b572f27a386d96eb1c1db892bc43fe726e",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 13 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"start-fast" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --start-fast --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195746F_20170313-195804I, version = 1.17",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:58:05\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000007, lsn = 0/7000028",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/pg_control (8KB, 97%) checksum ea721f5ae736767d3c60750d92379b3ac4c53d1c",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 8 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 550 /var/lib/pgbackrest/temp"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"err-expect" : "122",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"ERROR:"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" [filtered 2 lines of output]",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:58:08\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000008, lsn = 0/8000028",
"P00 ERROR: [122]: unable to create /var/lib/pgbackrest/temp/demo.tmp: Permission denied",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: aborted with exception [122]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chmod 750 /var/lib/pgbackrest/temp"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"err-expect" : "132",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"ERROR:"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --start-fast --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195746F_20170313-195808I, version = 1.17",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:58:11\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 ERROR: [132]: ERROR: a backup is already in progress",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" HINT: Run pg_stop_backup() and try again.:",
" select to_char(current_timestamp, 'YYYY-MM-DD HH24:MI:SS.US TZ'), pg_xlogfile_name(lsn), lsn::text from pg_start_backup('pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:58:11', true) as lsn"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"stop-auto" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"cluster is already in backup mode|backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: backup command begin 1.17: --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo --start-fast --stop-auto --type=incr",
"P00 INFO: last backup label = 20170313-195746F_20170313-195808I, version = 1.17",
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"P00 WARN: the cluster is already in backup mode but no pgBackRest backup process is running. pg_stop_backup() will be called so a new backup can be started.",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 19:58:14\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000020000000000000009, lsn = 0/9000028",
"P01 INFO: backup file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/pg_control (8KB, 97%) checksum 247ecf328c1cc64bff16e07741babe26f1e38dc5",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 8 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-full" : {
"value" : "2"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full \\",
" --log-level-console=detail backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"archive retention on backup 20170313-195746F|remove archive"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 766 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195746F, start = 000000010000000000000002",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 DETAIL: no archive to remove",
"P00 INFO: expire command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195824F"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"expire full backup set\\: 20170313-195746F|archive retention on backup 20170313-195824F|remove archive"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 766 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: expire full backup set: 20170313-195746F, 20170313-195746F_20170313-195750D, 20170313-195746F_20170313-195804I, 20170313-195746F_20170313-195808I, 20170313-195746F_20170313-195818I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195746F_20170313-195818I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195746F_20170313-195808I",
" [filtered 3 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-diff" : {
"value" : "1"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-diff=1",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195830F_20170313-195834D"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"expire diff backup set: 20170313-195830F_20170313-195834D"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 10 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-diff=1 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: expire diff backup set: 20170313-195830F_20170313-195834D, 20170313-195830F_20170313-195838I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195830F_20170313-195838I",
"P00 INFO: remove expired backup 20170313-195830F_20170313-195834D"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"retention-diff" : {
"value" : "2"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-diff=2",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y",
"stop-auto=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195830F_20170313-195842D"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('generate WAL'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('generate WAL'); select pg_switch_xlog();\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff \\",
" --log-level-console=info backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"new backup label"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 7 lines of output]",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_stop_backup() and wait for all WAL segments to archive",
"P00 INFO: backup stop archive = 000000020000000000000012, lsn = 0/120000F0",
"P00 INFO: new backup label = 20170313-195830F_20170313-195847D",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: backup command end: completed successfully",
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=2 --retention-diff=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195830F_20170313-195847D"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=detail \\",
" --retention-archive-type=diff --retention-archive=1 expire"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"archive retention on backup 20170313-195830F_20170313-195842D|remove archive"
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: expire command begin 1.17: --log-level-console=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --retention-archive=1 --retention-archive-type=diff --retention-diff=2 --retention-full=2 --stanza=demo",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195824F, start = 00000002000000000000000A, stop = 00000002000000000000000A",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195830F, start = 00000002000000000000000B, stop = 00000002000000000000000B",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195830F_20170313-195842D, start = 00000002000000000000000E, stop = 00000002000000000000000E",
"P00 DETAIL: archive retention on backup 20170313-195830F_20170313-195847D, start = 000000020000000000000012",
"P00 DETAIL: remove archive: start = 00000002000000000000000C, stop = 00000002000000000000000D",
"P00 DETAIL: remove archive: start = 00000002000000000000000F, stop = 000000020000000000000011",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: expire command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --log-level-console=detail restore"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"demo\\/PG_VERSION - exists and matches backup|check\\/clean db path|restore global\\/pg_control"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 693 lines of output]",
"P01 DETAIL: restore file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/12134/PG_VERSION - exists and matches backup (4B, 99%) checksum 8dbabb96e032b8d9f1993c0e4b9141e71ade01a1",
"P01 DETAIL: restore file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/1/PG_VERSION - exists and matches backup (4B, 99%) checksum 8dbabb96e032b8d9f1993c0e4b9141e71ade01a1",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P01 DETAIL: restore file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/PG_VERSION - exists and matches backup (4B, 100%) checksum 8dbabb96e032b8d9f1993c0e4b9141e71ade01a1",
"P01 DETAIL: restore file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/12086 - exists and is zero size (0B, 100%)",
"P01 DETAIL: restore file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/12038 - exists and is zero size (0B, 100%)",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 83 lines of output]",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P01 DETAIL: restore file /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/1/11885 - exists and is zero size (0B, 100%)",
"P00 INFO: write /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/recovery.conf",
"P00 INFO: restore global/pg_control (copied last to ensure aborted restores cannot be started)",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: restore command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create database test1;\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"CREATE DATABASE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create database test2;\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"CREATE DATABASE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create table test1_table (id int); \\",
" insert into test1_table (id) values (1);\" test1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"INSERT 0 1"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"create table test2_table (id int); \\",
" insert into test2_table (id) values (2);\" test2"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"INSERT 0 1"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres du -sh /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/16384"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"6.4M\t/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/16384"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --db-include=test2 restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from test2_table;\" test2"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" id ",
"----",
" 2",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from test1_table;\" test1"
],
"err-expect" : "2",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"relation mapping file.*contains invalid data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"psql: FATAL: relation mapping file \"base/16384/pg_filenode.map\" contains invalid data"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres du -sh /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/16384"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"152K\t/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/16384"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"drop database test1;\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"DROP DATABASE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select oid, datname from pg_database order by oid;\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"test2"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" oid | datname ",
"-------+-----------",
" 1 | template1",
" 12134 | template0",
" 12139 | postgres",
" 16385 | test2",
"(4 rows)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=diff backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"begin; \\",
" create table important_table (message text); \\",
" insert into important_table values ('Important Data'); \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from important_table;\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -Atc \"select current_timestamp\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"begin; \\",
" drop table important_table; \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from important_table;\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"important_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: ...le important_table; commit; select * from important_...",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --type=time \"--target=2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00\" restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/recovery.conf"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"recovery_target_time"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"restore_command = '/usr/bin/pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-get %f \"%p\"'",
"recovery_target_time = '2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from important_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"recovery stopping before|last completed transaction|starting point-in-time recovery"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 19:59:12 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: starting point-in-time recovery to 2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000004.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000017\" from archive",
" [filtered 2 lines of output]",
"LOG: incomplete startup packet",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000018\" from archive",
"LOG: recovery stopping before commit of transaction 686, time 2017-03-13 19:59:15.745863+00",
"LOG: redo done at 0/180157F0",
"LOG: last completed transaction was at log time 2017-03-13 19:59:15.454489+00",
"LOG: selected new timeline ID: 5",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000004.history\" from archive",
" [filtered 5 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"begin; \\",
" drop table important_table; \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from important_table;\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"important_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: ...le important_table; commit; select * from important_...",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres ls -1 /var/lib/pgbackrest/backup/demo | tail -4 | head -1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"20170313-195830F_20170313-195915D"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=incr backup"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --type=time \"--target=2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00\" restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from important_table\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"important_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: select * from important_table",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"starting point-in-time recovery|consistent recovery state reached"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 19:59:25 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: starting point-in-time recovery to 2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00",
"FATAL: the database system is starting up",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000005.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000050000000000000019\" from archive",
"LOG: incomplete startup packet",
"LOG: redo starts at 0/19000028",
"LOG: consistent recovery state reached at 0/190000F0",
"LOG: redo done at 0/190000F0",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000050000000000000019\" from archive",
" [filtered 8 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest info"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"20170313-195830F_20170313-195915D"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"stanza: demo",
" status: ok",
" wal archive min/max: 00000002000000000000000A / 000000050000000000000019",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195824F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:58:19 / 2017-03-13 19:58:24",
" wal start/stop: 00000002000000000000000A / 00000002000000000000000A",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 19.3MB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 2.2MB",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-195830F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:58:24 / 2017-03-13 19:58:30",
" wal start/stop: 00000002000000000000000B / 00000002000000000000000B",
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 19.3MB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 2.2MB",
"",
" diff backup: 20170313-195830F_20170313-195847D",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:58:43 / 2017-03-13 19:58:47",
" wal start/stop: 000000020000000000000012 / 000000020000000000000012",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
" database size: 19.3MB, backup size: 8.2KB",
" repository size: 2.2MB, repository backup size: 349B",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195830F",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"",
" incr backup: 20170313-195830F_20170313-195900I",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:58:55 / 2017-03-13 19:59:00",
" wal start/stop: 000000030000000000000014 / 000000030000000000000014",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
" database size: 31.8MB, backup size: 12.7MB",
" repository size: 3.7MB, repository backup size: 1.5MB",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195830F",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"",
" diff backup: 20170313-195830F_20170313-195915D",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:59:11 / 2017-03-13 19:59:15",
" wal start/stop: 000000040000000000000017 / 000000040000000000000017",
" database size: 25.7MB, backup size: 6.5MB",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 793.1KB",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195830F",
"",
" incr backup: 20170313-195830F_20170313-195927I",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 19:59:24 / 2017-03-13 19:59:27",
" wal start/stop: 000000050000000000000019 / 000000050000000000000019",
" database size: 25.6MB, backup size: 1.9MB",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 215.3KB",
" backup reference list: 20170313-195830F, 20170313-195830F_20170313-195915D"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta \\",
" --type=time \"--target=2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00\" \\",
" --set=20170313-195830F_20170313-195915D restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from important_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"recovery stopping before|last completed transaction|starting point-in-time recovery"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 19:59:12 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: starting point-in-time recovery to 2017-03-13 19:59:15.601947+00",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000004.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000017\" from archive",
" [filtered 2 lines of output]",
"LOG: incomplete startup packet",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000040000000000000018\" from archive",
"LOG: recovery stopping before commit of transaction 686, time 2017-03-13 19:59:15.745863+00",
"LOG: redo done at 0/180157F0",
"LOG: last completed transaction was at log time 2017-03-13 19:59:15.454489+00",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000005.history\" from archive",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000006.history\" from archive",
" [filtered 7 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"image" : "pgbackrest/test:u14-backup-doc-pre",
"mount" : "/backrest:/backrest",
"name" : "backup",
"os" : "u14",
"user" : "vagrant"
},
"type" : "host",
"value" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"ip" : "172.17.0.3"
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-host" : {
"value" : "db-master"
},
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo"
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
},
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-user" : {
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"value" : "postgres"
}
},
"global" : {
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full" : {
"value" : "2"
},
"start-fast" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"db1-host=db-master",
"db1-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"db1-user=postgres",
"",
"[global]",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo"
}
},
"global" : {
"backup-host" : {
"value" : "backup"
},
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"backup-user" : {
"value" : "backrest"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-level-file" : {
"value" : "detail"
},
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
},
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
},
"reset" : true
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-host=backup",
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"backup-user=backrest",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-level-file=detail",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo find /var/lib/pgbackrest -delete"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo stanza-create"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo check"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo check"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"type" : "exe"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 WARN: no prior backup exists, incr backup has been changed to full"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta restore"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo mkdir -m 750 /var/spool/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo chown postgres:postgres /var/spool/pgbackrest"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-master",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"archive-async" : {
"value" : "y"
},
"spool-path" : {
"value" : "/var/spool/pgbackrest"
}
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
},
"global:archive-push" : {
"process-max" : {
"value" : "2"
}
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"",
"[global]",
"archive-async=y",
"backup-host=backup",
v1.04: Various Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue an where an extraneous remote was created causing threaded backup/restore to possibly timeout and/or throw a lock conflict. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where db-path was not required for the check command so an assert was raised when it was missing rather than a polite error message. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed check command to throw an error when database version/id does not match that of the archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where a remote could try to start its own remote when the backup-host option was not present in pgbackrest.conf on the database server. (Reported by Lardière Sébastien.) * Fixed an issue where the contents of pg_xlog were being backed up if the directory was symlinked. This didn't cause any issues during restore but was a waste of space. * Fixed an invalid log() call in lock routines. Features: * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta3. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Enhancements to the protocol layer for improved reliability and error handling. * All remote types now take locks. The exceptions date to when the test harness and pgBackRest were running in the same VM and no longer apply. * Exceptions are now passed back from threads as messages when possible rather than raised directly. * Temp files created during backup are now placed in the same directory as the target file. * Output lock file name when a lock cannot be acquired to aid in debugging. * Reduce calls to protocolGet() in backup/restore. * Suppress banners on SSH protocol connections. * Improved remote error messages to identify the host where the error was raised.
2016-07-30 15:42:35 +02:00
"backup-user=backrest",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-level-file=detail",
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest",
"",
"[global:archive-push]",
"process-max=2"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
]
}
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres rm -f /var/log/pgbackrest/demo-archive-async.log"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog(); \\",
" select pg_create_restore_point('test async push'); select pg_switch_xlog();\""
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info check"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"WAL segment"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: check command begin 1.17: --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: WAL segment 000000080000000000000022 successfully stored in the archive at '/var/lib/pgbackrest/archive/demo/9.4-1/0000000800000000/000000080000000000000022-2c3b0bcfb4ea78e16adb28822005e6afccf88648.gz'",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 INFO: check command end: completed successfully"
v1.03: Check Command and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where keep-alives could be starved out by lots of small files during multi-threaded backup. They were also completely absent from single/multi-threaded backup resume and restore checksumming. (Reported by Janice Parkinson, Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where the expire command would refuse to run when explicitly called from the command line if the db-host option was set. This was not an issue when expire was run automatically after a backup (Reported by Chris Barber.) * Fixed an issue where validation was being running on archive_command even when the archive-check option was disabled. Features: * Added check command to validate that pgBackRest is configured correctly for archiving and backups. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added the protocol-timeout option. Previously protocol-timeout was set as db-timeout + 30 seconds. * Failure to shutdown remotes at the end of the backup no longer throws an exception. Instead a warning is generated that recommends a higher protocol-timeout. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta2. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * The pg_xlogfile_name() function is no longer used to construct WAL filenames from LSNs. While this function is convenient it is not available on a standby. Instead, the archive is searched for the LSN in order to find the timeline. If due to some misadventure the LSN appears on multiple timelines then an error will be thrown, whereas before this condition would have passed unnoticed. * Option handling is now far more strict. Previously it was possible for a command to use an option that was not explicitly assigned to it. This was especially true for the backup-host and db-host options which are used to determine locality. * Improved handling of users/groups captured during backup that do not exist on the restore host. Also explicitly handle the case where user/group is not mapped to a name. * Changed version variable to a constant. It had originally been designed to play nice with a specific packaging tool but that tool was never used.
2016-07-02 16:22:52 +02:00
]
}
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/log/pgbackrest/demo-archive-async.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
" WAL file\\(s\\) to archive|pushed WAL file 0000000"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"-------------------PROCESS START-------------------",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command begin 1.17: --archive-async --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --process-max=2 --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: push 3 WAL file(s) to archive: 00000008000000000000001D...00000008000000000000001F",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 00000008000000000000001D to archive",
"P02 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 00000008000000000000001E to archive",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 00000008000000000000001F to archive",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command end: completed successfully",
"",
"-------------------PROCESS START-------------------",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command begin 1.17: --archive-async --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --process-max=2 --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: push 2 WAL file(s) to archive: 000000080000000000000020...000000080000000000000021",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 000000080000000000000020 to archive",
"P02 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 000000080000000000000021 to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: archive-push command end: completed successfully",
"",
"-------------------PROCESS START-------------------",
"P00 INFO: archive-push command begin 1.17: --archive-async --backup-host=backup --backup-user=backrest --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-file=detail --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --process-max=2 --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --spool-path=/var/spool/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
"P00 INFO: push 1 WAL file(s) to archive: 000000080000000000000022",
"P01 DETAIL: pushed WAL file 000000080000000000000022 to archive",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: archive-push command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo lscpu"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"^CPU\\(s\\)\\:"
]
},
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"Architecture: x86_64",
"CPU op-mode(s): 32-bit, 64-bit",
"Byte Order: Little Endian",
"CPU(s): 8",
"On-line CPU(s) list: 0-7",
"Thread(s) per core: 1",
" [filtered 15 lines of output]"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"global" : {
"process-max" : {
"value" : "3"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db1-host=db-master",
"db1-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"db1-user=postgres",
"",
"[global]",
"process-max=3",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
"retention-full=2",
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo --type=full backup"
],
"host" : "backup",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest info"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"timestamp start/stop"
]
},
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"stanza: demo",
" status: ok",
" wal archive min/max: 000000080000000000000023 / 000000080000000000000024",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"",
" full backup: 20170313-200023F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 20:00:15 / 2017-03-13 20:00:23",
" wal start/stop: 000000080000000000000023 / 000000080000000000000023",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" database size: 25.6MB, backup size: 25.6MB",
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 3MB",
"",
" full backup: 20170313-200029F",
" timestamp start/stop: 2017-03-13 20:00:24 / 2017-03-13 20:00:29",
" wal start/stop: 000000080000000000000024 / 000000080000000000000024",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" database size: 25.6MB, backup size: 25.6MB",
" repository size: 3MB, repository backup size: 3MB"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"err-expect" : "137",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"remote process terminated on [^ ]+ host: stop file exists for all stanzas"
]
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 ERROR: [137]: remote process terminated on db-master host: stop file exists for all stanzas"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 WARN: stop file already exists for all stanzas"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo backup"
],
"err-expect" : "137",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"remote process terminated on [^ ]+ host: stop file exists for stanza demo"
]
},
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"P00 ERROR: [137]: remote process terminated on db-master host: stop file exists for stanza demo"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo start"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"image" : "pgbackrest/test:u14-db-9.4-doc-pre",
"mount" : "/backrest:/backrest",
"name" : "db-standby",
"os" : "u14",
"user" : "vagrant"
},
"type" : "host",
"value" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"ip" : "172.17.0.4"
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/postgresql/9.4/demo/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"log_filename" : {
"value" : "'postgresql.log'"
},
"log_line_prefix" : {
"value" : "''"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"log_filename = 'postgresql.log'",
"log_line_prefix = ''"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo"
},
"recovery-option" : {
"value" : "standby_mode=on"
}
},
"global" : {
"backup-host" : {
"value" : "backup"
},
v1.09: 9.6 Support, Configurability, and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed the check command to prevent an error message from being logged if the backup directory does not exist. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed error message to properly display the archive command when an invalid archive command is detected. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fixed an issue where the async archiver would not be started if archive-push did not have enough space to queue a new WAL segment. This meant that the queue would never be cleared without manual intervention (such as calling archive-push directly). PostgreSQL now receives errors when there is not enough space to store new WAL segments but the async process will still be started so that space is eventually freed. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fixed a remote timeout that occurred when a local process generated checksums (during resume or restore) but did not copy files, allowing the remote to go idle. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Features: * Non-exclusive backups will automatically be used on PostgreSQL 9.6. * Added the cmd-ssh option to allow the ssh client to be specified. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Added the log-level-stderr option to control whether console log messages are sent to stderr or stdout. By default this is set to warn which represents a change in behavior from previous versions, even though it may be more intuitive. Setting log-level-stderr=off will preserve the old behavior. (Suggested by Sascha Biberhofer.) * Set application_name to "pgBackRest [command]" for database connections. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Check that archive_mode is enabled when archive-check option enabled. Refactoring: * Clarified error message when unable to acquire pgBackRest advisory lock to make it clear that it is not a PostgreSQL backup lock. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * pgBackRest version number included in command start INFO log output. * Process ID logged for local process start/stop INFO log output.
2016-10-10 23:35:58 +02:00
"log-level-stderr" : {
"value" : "off"
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"log-timestamp" : {
"value" : "n"
},
"repo-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/pgbackrest"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"recovery-option=standby_mode=on",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-host=backup",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta restore"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/recovery.conf"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"standby_mode = 'on'",
"restore_command = '/usr/bin/pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-get %f \"%p\"'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/postgresql/9.4/demo/postgresql.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"hot_standby" : {
"value" : "on"
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-postgresql",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"hot_standby = on",
"log_filename = 'postgresql.log'",
"log_line_prefix = ''"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"entering standby mode|database system is ready to accept read only connections"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"LOG: database system was interrupted; last known up at 2017-03-13 20:00:25 UTC",
"LOG: creating missing WAL directory \"pg_xlog/archive_status\"",
"LOG: entering standby mode",
"LOG: restored log file \"00000008.history\" from archive",
"LOG: incomplete startup packet",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000080000000000000024\" from archive",
"LOG: redo starts at 0/24000028",
"LOG: consistent recovery state reached at 0/240000F0",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"LOG: database system is ready to accept read only connections"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" begin; \\",
" create table replicated_table (message text); \\",
" insert into replicated_table values ('Important Data'); \\",
" commit; \\",
" select * from replicated_table\";"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message ",
"----------------",
" Important Data",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select * from replicated_table;\""
],
"err-expect" : "1",
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"does not exist"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"ERROR: relation \"replicated_table\" does not exist",
"LINE 1: select * from replicated_table;",
" ^"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \"select *, current_timestamp from pg_switch_xlog()\";"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
" pg_switch_xlog | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" 0/250199E0 | 2017-03-13 20:00:48.739951+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select *, current_timestamp from replicated_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" Important Data | 2017-03-13 20:00:50.663312+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=info check"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"all other checks passed"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"P00 INFO: check command begin 1.17: --backup-host=backup --db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo --log-level-console=info --log-level-stderr=off --no-log-timestamp --repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest --stanza=demo",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"P00 INFO: switch xlog cannot be performed on the standby, all other checks passed successfully",
"P00 INFO: check command end: completed successfully"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" create user replicator password 'jw8s0F4' replication\";"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
"CREATE ROLE"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sh -c 'echo \\",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
" \"host replication replicator 172.17.0.4/32 md5\" \\",
" >> /etc/postgresql/9.4/demo/pg_hba.conf'"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo reload"
],
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "db-standby",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"recovery-option" : {
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"value" : "primary_conninfo=host=172.17.0.2 port=5432 user=replicator"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"recovery-option=standby_mode=on",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"recovery-option=primary_conninfo=host=172.17.0.2 port=5432 user=replicator",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-host=backup",
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sh -c 'echo \\",
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
" \"172.17.0.2:*:replication:replicator:jw8s0F4\" \\",
" >> /home/postgres/.pgpass'"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres chmod 600 /home/postgres/.pgpass"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo stop"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres pgbackrest --stanza=demo --delta restore"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/recovery.conf"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.07: Thread to Process Conversion and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where tablespaces were copied from the master during standby backup. * Fixed the check command so backup info is checked remotely and not just locally. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) * Fixed an issue where retention-archive was not automatically being set when retention-archive-type=diff, resulting in a less aggressive than intended expiration of archive. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Converted Perl threads to processes to improve compatibility and performance. * Exclude contents of $PGDATA/pg_replslot directory so that replication slots on the master do not become part of the backup. * The archive-start and archive-stop settings are now filled in backup.manifest even when archive-check=n. * Additional warnings when archive retention settings may not have the intended effect or would allow indefinite retention. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 rc1. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent release candidates may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Refactor of protocol minions in preparation for the new local minion. * Remove obsolete thread index variable from File() module. * Changed temporary file names to consistently use the .pgbackrest.tmp extension even if the destination file is compressed or has an appended checksum. * Improve ASSERT error handling, safely check eval blocks, and convert $@ to $EVAL_ERROR.
2016-09-07 14:29:21 +02:00
"primary_conninfo = 'host=172.17.0.2 port=5432 user=replicator'",
"standby_mode = 'on'",
"restore_command = '/usr/bin/pgbackrest --stanza=demo archive-get %f \"%p\"'"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo rm /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.4 demo start"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres sleep 1"
],
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : false
},
"type" : "exe"
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres cat /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-demo.log"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"started streaming WAL from primary"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
" [filtered 8 lines of output]",
"LOG: database system is ready to accept read only connections",
"LOG: restored log file \"000000080000000000000025\" from archive",
"LOG: started streaming WAL from primary at 0/26000000 on timeline 8"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" begin; \\",
" create table stream_table (message text); \\",
" insert into stream_table values ('Important Data'); \\",
" commit; \\",
" select *, current_timestamp from stream_table\";"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-master",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
" message | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" Important Data | 2017-03-13 20:01:00.388768+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u postgres psql -c \" \\",
" select *, current_timestamp from stream_table\""
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : false,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"Important Data"
]
},
"host" : "db-standby",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" message | now ",
"----------------+-------------------------------",
" Important Data | 2017-03-13 20:01:00.638337+00",
"(1 row)"
]
}
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
},
{
"key" : {
"file" : "/etc/pgbackrest.conf",
"host" : "backup",
"option" : {
"demo" : {
"db2-host" : {
"value" : "db-standby"
},
"db2-path" : {
"value" : "/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo"
},
"db2-user" : {
"value" : "postgres"
}
},
"global" : {
"backup-standby" : {
"value" : "y"
}
}
}
},
"type" : "cfg-pgbackrest",
"value" : {
"config" : [
"[demo]",
"db1-host=db-master",
"db1-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"db1-user=postgres",
"db2-host=db-standby",
"db2-path=/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo",
"db2-user=postgres",
"",
"[global]",
"backup-standby=y",
v1.13: Parallel Archiving, Stanza Create, Improved Info and Check IMPORTANT NOTE: The new implementation of asynchronous archiving no longer copies WAL to a separate queue. If there is any WAL left over in the old queue after upgrading to 1.13, it will be abandoned and not pushed to the repository. To prevent this outcome, stop archiving by setting archive_command = false. Next, drain the async queue by running pgbackrest --stanza=[stanza-name] archive-push and wait for the process to complete. Check that the queue in [spool-path]/archive/[stanza-name]/out is empty. Finally, install 1.13 and restore the original archive_command. IMPORTANT NOTE: The stanza-create command is not longer optional and must be executed before backup or archiving can be performed on a new stanza. Pre-existing stanzas do not require stanza-create to be executed. Bug Fixes: * Fixed const assignment giving compiler warning in C library. (Fixed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed a few directory syncs that were missed for the --repo-sync option. * Fixed an issue where a missing user/group on restore could cause an "uninitialized value" error in File->owner(). (Reported by Leonardo Avellar.) * Fixed an issue where protocol mismatch errors did not output the expected value. * Fixed a spurious archive-get log message that indicated an exit code of 1 was an abnormal termination. Features: * Improved, multi-process implementation of asynchronous archiving. * Improved stanza-create command so that it can repair broken repositories in most cases and is robust enough to be made mandatory. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved check command to run on a standby, though only basic checks are done because pg_switch_xlog() cannot be executed on a replica. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Added archive and backup WAL ranges to the info command. * Added warning to update pg_tablespace.spclocation when remapping tablespaces in PostgreSQL < 9.2. (Contributed by blogh.) * Remove remote lock requirements for the archive-get, restore, info, and check commands since they are read-only operations. (Suggested by Michael Vitale.) Refactoring: * Refactor File and BackupCommon modules to improve test coverage. * Return proper error code when unable to convert a relative path to an absolute path. (Suggested by Yogesh Sharma.) * Log file banner is not output until the first log entry is written. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Moved File->manifest() into the FileCommon.pm module. * Moved the Archive modules to the Archive directory and split the archive-get and archive-push commands into separate modules. * Split the check command out of the Archive.pm module. * Allow logging to be suppressed via logDisable() and logEnable(). * Allow for locks to be taken more than once in the same process without error. * Lock directories can be created when more than one directory level is required. * Clean up optionValid()/optionTest() logic in Lock.pm. * Added Exception::exceptionCode() and Exception::exceptionMessage() to simplify error handling logic. * Represent .gz extension with a constant. * Allow empty files to be created with FileCommon::fileStringWrite() and use temp files to avoid partial reads. * Refactor process IO and process master/minion code out from the common protocol code. * Reduced the likelihood of torn pages causing a false positive in page checksums by filtering on start backup LSN. * Remove Intel-specific optimization from C library build flags. (Contributed by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Removed --lock option. This option was introduced before the lock directory could be located outside the repository and is now obsolete. * Added --log-timestamp option to allow timestamps to be suppressed in logging. This is primarily used to avoid filters in the automated documentation. * Fixed alignment issues with multiline logging.
2017-02-06 03:23:03 +02:00
"process-max=3",
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"repo-path=/var/lib/pgbackrest",
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
"retention-full=2",
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
"start-fast=y"
]
}
},
{
"key" : {
"cmd" : [
"sudo -u backrest pgbackrest --stanza=demo --log-level-console=detail backup"
],
"highlight" : {
"filter" : true,
"filter-context" : 2,
"list" : [
"backup file db-master|replay on the standby"
]
},
"host" : "backup",
"output" : true
},
"type" : "exe",
"value" : {
"output" : [
v1.12: Page Checksums, Configuration, and Bug Fixes IMPORTANT NOTE: In prior releases it was possible to specify options on the command-line that were invalid for the current command without getting an error. An error will now be generated for invalid options so it is important to carefully check command-line options in your environment to prevent disruption. Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where options that were invalid for the specified command could be provided on the command-line without generating an error. The options were ignored and did not cause any change in behavior, but it did lead to some confusion. Invalid options will now generate an error. (Reported by Nikhilchandra Kulkarni.) * Fixed an issue where internal symlinks were not being created for tablespaces in the repository. This issue was only apparent when trying to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots and did not affect normal backup and restore. * Fixed an issue that prevented errors from being output to the console before the logging system was initialized, i.e. while parsing options. Error codes were still being returned accurately so this would not have made a process look like it succeeded when it did not. (Reported by Adrian Vondendriesch.) * Fixed an issue where the db-port option specified on the backup server would not be properly passed to the remote unless it was from the first configured database. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) Features: * Added the --checksum-page option to allow pgBackRest to validate page checksums in data files when checksums are enabled on PostgreSQL >= 9.3. Note that this functionality requires a C library which may not initially be available in OS packages. The option will automatically be enabled when the library is present and checksums are enabled on the cluster. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Added the --repo-link option to allow internal symlinks to be suppressed when the repository is located on a filesystem that does not support symlinks. This does not affect any pgBackRest functionality, but the convenience link latest will not be created and neither will internal tablespace symlinks, which will affect the ability to bring up clusters in-place manually using filesystem snapshots. * Added the --repo-sync option to allow directory syncs in the repository to be disabled for file systems that do not support them, e.g. NTFS. * Added a predictable log entry to signal that a command has completed successfully. For example a backup ends successfully with: INFO: backup command end: completed successfully. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) Refactoring: * Abstracted code to determine which database cluster is the master and which are standbys. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved consistency and flexibility of the protocol layer by using JSON for all messages. * File copy protocol now accepts a function that can do additional processing on the copy buffers and return a result to the calling process. * Improved IO->bufferRead to always return requested number of bytes until EOF. * For simplicity, the pg_control file is now copied with the rest of the files instead of by itself of at the end of the process. The backup command does not require this behavior and the restore copies to a temporary file which is renamed at the end of the restore. * Simplified the result hash of File->manifest(), Db->tablespaceMapGet(), and Db->databaseMapGet(). * Improved errors returned from child processes by removing redundant error level and code. * Code cleanup in preparation for improved stanza-create command. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improved parameter/result logging in debug/trace functions.
2016-12-13 02:18:27 +02:00
" [filtered 2 lines of output]",
"P00 INFO: execute exclusive pg_start_backup() with label \"pgBackRest backup started at 2017-03-13 20:01:01\": backup begins after the requested immediate checkpoint completes",
"P00 INFO: backup start archive = 000000080000000000000027, lsn = 0/27000028",
"P00 INFO: wait for replay on the standby to reach 0/27000028",
"P00 INFO: replay on the standby reached 0/270000C8",
"P01 INFO: backup file db-master:/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/global/pg_control (8KB, 0%) checksum b4439c4d6e092f8a4d789da5f73ddb337aa3c6d8",
"P01 INFO: backup file db-master:/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/backup_label (238B, 0%) checksum bbd98e8933817b0d9ed80c8510e8fdb7c394de99",
"P02 INFO: backup file db-standby:/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/12139/12007 (392KB, 20%) checksum 9c14d1fb665c4055526e8fe8de18ea784ea2e50a",
"P02 INFO: backup file db-standby:/var/lib/postgresql/9.4/demo/base/12139/12010 (232KB, 32%) checksum 96392c6e0aaec4ec6f6fd00f662c2840d9d44e85",
" [filtered 35 lines of output]"
v1.06: Backup from Standby and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fixed an issue where a tablespace link that referenced another link would not produce an error, but instead skip the tablespace entirely. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where options that should not allow multiple values could be specified multiple times in pgbackrest.conf without an error being raised. (Reported by Michael Vitale.) * Fixed an issue where the protocol-timeout option was not automatically increased when the db-timeout option was increased. (Reported by Todd Vernick.) Features: * Backup from a standby cluster. A connection to the primary cluster is still required to start/stop the backup and copy files that are not replicated, but the vast majority of files are copied from the standby in order to reduce load on the master. * More flexible configuration for databases. Master and standby can both be configured on the backup server and pgBackRest will automatically determine which is the master. This means no configuration changes for backup are required after failing over from a master to standby when a separate backup server is used. * Exclude directories during backup that are cleaned, recreated, or zeroed by PostgreSQL at startup. These include pgsql_tmp and pg_stat_tmp. The postgresql.auto.conf.tmp file is now excluded in addition to files that were already excluded: backup_label.old, postmaster.opts, postmaster.pid, recovery.conf, recovery.done. * Experimental support for non-exclusive backups in PostgreSQL 9.6 beta4. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. Refactoring: * Simplify protocol creation and identifying which host is local/remote. * Removed all OP_* function constants that were used only for debugging, not in the protocol, and replaced with __PACKAGE__. * Improvements in Db module: separated out connect() function, allow executeSql() calls that do not return data, and improve error handling. * Improve error message for links that reference links in manifest build. * Added hints to error message when relative paths are detected in archive-push or archive-get. * Improve backup log messages to indicate which host the files are being copied from.
2016-08-25 17:49:09 +02:00
]
}
}
]
}
}
}